If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
-itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do *not*
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
this package with messages translated.
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
-One advise in advance
-=====================
+Quick configuration advice
+==========================
If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
should configure it using
package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
-many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the
-implementation here. It is also not possible to offer this additional
-functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of
-GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality. So it
-might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
-
- So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
+charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
+It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
+of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
+very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
+to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+ So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
included `libintl'.
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
-messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides
-usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or
-`gettext' functions. If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own
+messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
+provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own
library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this
package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
-the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required. Installers may use
+the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use
special options at configuration time for changing the default
behaviour. The commands:
./configure --with-included-gettext
- ./configure --with-catgets
./configure --disable-nls
-will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use
-the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable
-the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or
-else, *totally* disable translation of messages.
+will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
+internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
+_totally_ disable translation of messages.
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
to prevent auto-detection.
- By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets'
-function and therefore they will not be used. The reasons are already
-given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the
-extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library. If you nevertheless
-want to use the `catgets' functions use
-
- ./configure --with-catgets
-
-to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is
-not available on your system). If you really select this option we
-would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any
-good one ourself.
+ The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
+and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
+emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
+extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
-ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the
-package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the
-shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
-`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash'). This
-can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
-
- An operating system might already offer message localization for
-many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally
-with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'. Just using `gettext'
-extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already
-available operating system programs. In this case, users should set
-both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs
-using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'. For example, some
-Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for
-when Swedish is not available. This is easily accomplished by setting
-`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
+`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
+and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
+suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
+prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
+This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
+all.
+
+ You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
+But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
+example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
+country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
+
+ Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
+English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
+understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
+This is done through a different environment variable, called
+`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
+for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
+set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
+
+ In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
+environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
+to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
+to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
+(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
Translating Teams
=================
For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
-Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
-International. You may reach your translation team at the address
-`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
-language. Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166. The following translation teams exist, as of December
-1997:
-
- Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
- Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian
- `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja',
- Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish
- `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es',
- Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'.
-
-For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
-`zh@li.org'.
-
- If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you
+Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
+teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
+area.
+
+ If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
-The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has
+The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
subscribe
Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
-*actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
==================
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
-matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December
-1997. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
-PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.
-
- Ready PO files cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
- .----------------------------------------------------.
- bash | [] [] [] | 3
- bison | [] [] [] | 3
- clisp | [] [] [] [] | 4
- cpio | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
- diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
- enscript | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
- fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
- findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9
- flex | [] [] [] [] | 4
- gcal | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
- gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
- grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
- hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
- id-utils | [] [] [] | 3
- indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
- libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7
- m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
- make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
- music | [] [] | 2
- ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
- recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9
- sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
- sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
- tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
- texinfo | [] [] [] | 3
- textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9
- wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
- `----------------------------------------------------'
- 17 languages cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
- 27 packages 6 4 25 1 18 1 26 2 1 12 20 9 19 7 4 7 17 179
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of May 2001.
+The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages PO
+files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+translation percentage of at least 50%.
+
+ Ready PO files bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl hr id it
+ +----------------------------------------------+
+ a2ps | [] [] |
+ bash | [] [] [] [] |
+ bison | [] [] [] [] |
+ clisp | [] [] [] [] |
+ cpio | [] [] [] [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] |
+ error | [] |
+ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] |
+ gawk | |
+ gcal | |
+ gcc | [] |
+ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ grep | [] [] [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ id-utils | [] [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ lilypond | |
+ lynx | [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ make | [] [] [] [] |
+ parted | [] [] |
+ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ python | |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ soundtracker | |
+ sp | |
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
+ textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ util-linux | [] |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ +----------------------------------------------+
+ bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl hr id it
+ 0 14 21 27 10 1 8 20 13 1 28 17 0 9 11
+
+ ja ko lv nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr zh
+ +----------------------------------------------+
+ a2ps | [] [] [] | 5
+ bash | | 4
+ bison | [] [] [] | 7
+ clisp | [] | 5
+ cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 9
+ diffutils | [] [] [] | 10
+ enscript | [] [] [] | 5
+ error | | 1
+ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
+ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14
+ flex | [] [] [] | 6
+ gawk | | 0
+ gcal | | 0
+ gcc | [] | 2
+ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
+ gnupg | [] [] [] | 8
+ grep | | 3
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+ id-utils | [] [] [] | 5
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
+ lilypond | [] | 1
+ lynx | [] [] [] [] [] | 8
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | 12
+ make | [] [] [] [] [] | 9
+ parted | [] [] [] | 5
+ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 13
+ python | | 0
+ recode | [] [] [] | 11
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
+ sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 11
+ soundtracker | | 0
+ sp | | 0
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
+ texinfo | [] [] | 6
+ textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
+ util-linux | [] | 2
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | 12
+ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+ +----------------------------------------------+
+ 29 teams ja ko lv nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr zh
+ 40 domains 18 8 0 23 6 16 1 15 26 9 9 20 2 3 336
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
distribution.
- If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
-of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
+ If May 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
+this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
+matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
+
+Using `gettext' in new packages
+===============================
+
+ If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+package. Of course the GNU Public License applies to your sources from
+then if you include `gettext' directly in your distribution on but
+since you are writing free software anyway this is no restriction.
+
+ Once the sources are change appropriately and the setup can handle to
+use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The Free
+Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
+applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
+`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
+the translation teams.
-1998-04-29 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
+2001-05-23 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
- * intl/localealias.c (read_alias_file): Use unsigned char for
- local variables. Remove unused variable tp.
- * intl/l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): Use unsigned char *
- for type of codeset. For loosing Solaris systems.
- * intl/loadinfo.h: Adapt prototype of _nl_normalize_codeset.
- * intl/bindtextdom.c (BINDTEXTDOMAIN): Don't define local variable
- len if not needed.
- Patches by Jim Meyering.
+ * Version 0.10.38 released.
-1998-04-28 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Don't assign the element use_mmap if
- mmap is not supported.
-
- * hash-string.h: Don't include <values.h>.
-
-1998-04-27 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * textdomain.c: Use strdup is available.
-
- * localealias.c: Define HAVE_MEMPCPY so that we can use this
- function. Define and use semapahores to protect modfication of
- global objects when compiling for glibc. Add code to allow
- freeing alias table.
-
- * l10nflist.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro.
-
- * gettextP.h: Define internal_function macri if not already done.
- Use glibc byte-swap macros instead of defining SWAP when compiled
- for glibc.
- (struct loaded_domain): Add elements to allow unloading.
-
- * Makefile.in (distclean): Don't remove libintl.h here.
-
- * bindtextdomain.c: Carry over changes from glibc. Use strdup if
- available.
-
- * dcgettext.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro. Mark internal
- functions. Add memory freeing code for glibc.
-
- * dgettext.c: Update copyright.
-
- * explodename.c: Include stdlib.h and string.h only if they exist.
- Use strings.h eventually.
-
- * finddomain.c: Mark internal functions. Use strdup if available.
- Add memory freeing code for glibc.
-
-1997-10-10 20:00 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * libgettext.h: Fix dummy textdomain and bindtextdomain macros.
- They should return reasonable values.
- Reported by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
-
-1997-09-16 03:33 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * libgettext.h: Define PARAMS also to `args' if __cplusplus is defined.
- * intlh.inst.in: Likewise.
- Reported by Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>.
-
- * libintl.glibc: Update from current glibc version.
-
-1997-09-06 02:10 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * intlh.inst.in: Reformat copyright.
-
-1997-08-19 15:22 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Remove wrong comment.
-
-1997-08-16 00:13 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in (install-data): Don't change directory to install.
-
-1997-08-01 14:30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * cat-compat.c: Fix copyright.
-
- * localealias.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
-
- * loadmsgcat.c: Update copyright. Fix typos.
-
- * l10nflist.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
- (_nl_make_l10nflist): Handle sponsor and revision correctly.
-
- * gettext.c: Update copyright.
- * gettext.h: Likewise.
- * hash-string.h: Likewise.
-
- * finddomain.c: Remoave dead code. Define strchr only if
- !HAVE_STRCHR.
-
- * explodename.c: Include <sys/types.h>.
-
- * explodename.c: Reformat copyright text.
- (_nl_explode_name): Fix typo.
-
- * dcgettext.c: Define and use __set_errno.
- (guess_category_value): Don't use setlocale if HAVE_LC_MESSAGES is
- not defined.
-
- * bindtextdom.c: Pretty printing.
-
-1997-05-01 02:25 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * dcgettext.c (guess_category_value): Don't depend on
- HAVE_LC_MESSAGES. We don't need the macro here.
- Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
-
- * cat-compat.c (textdomain): DoN't refer to HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL
- macro. Instead use HAVE_LOCALE_NULL and define it when using
- glibc, as in dcgettext.c.
- Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
-
- * Makefile.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable. Reported by Franc,ois
- Pinard.
-
-Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool.
-
- * gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel
- i18n file handling.
-
-Wed Dec 4 20:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro
- definition.
- * localealias.c: Likewise.
- * l10nflist.c: Likewise.
- * finddomain.c: Likewise.
- * bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
- Reported by Thomas Esken.
-
-Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right
- position.
-
-Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using
- bcopy if not already defined. Reported by Thomas Esken.
- * bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
- * l10nflist.c: Likewise.
- * localealias.c: Likewise.
- * textdomain.c: Likewise.
-
-Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of
- prefix. Reported by Knut-HåvardAksnes <etokna@eto.ericsson.se>.
-
-Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case,
- so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg.
-
-Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after
- definition of _GNU_SOURCE. Patch by Roland McGrath.
-
- * Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and
- empty arguments. Patch by Jim Meyering. Correct name os
- uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore.
-
- * Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which
- cannot handle mpty for list. Reported by Jim Meyering.
-
-Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in (install): Split goal. Now depend on install-exec
- and install-data.
- (install-exec, install-data): New goals. Created from former
- install goal.
- Reported by Karl Berry.
-
-Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable. Path to
- mkinstalldirs script.
- (install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present
- try to find it in the $top_scrdir).
-
-Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions.
- Grr. Work around by renaming the static version and use macros
- for renaming.
-
-Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions.
-
- * l10nflist.c: Include <argz.h> based on test of it instead when
- __argz_* functions are available.
- Reported by Andreas Schwab.
-
-Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems.
-
-Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable
- result to __result to prevent name clash.
-
- * l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to
- get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp.
-
- * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of
- `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning
- from gcc's -Wnested-extern option.
-
-Fri Jun 7 01:58:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in (install): Remove comment.
-
-Thu Jun 6 17:28:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity.
- Always use an `else' close for `if's. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
- * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule.
- Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
-Thu Jun 6 01:49:52 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to
- block_list as the macro calls assume.
- Patch by Eric Backus.
-
- * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using
- malloc.
- (read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the
- macro calls assume.
- Patch by Eric Backus.
-
- * l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for <argz.h> inclusion.
- Reported by Roland McGrath.
-
- * Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not
- all-@USE_NLS@.
-
- * Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not
- $(srcdir).
-
- * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal. If
- used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file. If
- used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with
- empty body.
-
- * finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into
- l10nfile.c. Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy.
-
- * dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition.
-
- * l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems. Patches partly by
- Thomas Esken. Add local definition of stpcpy.
-
-Tue Jun 4 02:47:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including <locale.h> on
- HAVE_LOCALE_H. Instead configure must rewrite this fiile
- depending on the result of the configure run.
-
- * Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst.
- Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in.
-
- * libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in.
-
- * localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1
- because gcc has __buitlin_alloca.
- Reported by Roland McGrath.
-
-Mon Jun 3 00:32:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of
- automake's distcheck.
-
- * Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is
- found.
-
- * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in
- @datadir@/gettext.
- (COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c.
- (OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o.
- (DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal. Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
- (DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
- (all-gettext): Remove goal.
- (install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing. No
- package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers.
- (dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too.
- (dist-gettext): Remove goal.
-
- * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc.
-
-Sun Jun 2 17:33:06 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from
- find_l10nfile.
-
-Sat Jun 1 02:23:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
- * l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition.
-
- * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca
- code. Use new l10nfile handling.
-
- * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing
- alloca code.
-
- * l10nflist.c: Initial revision.
-
-Tue Apr 2 18:51:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all-yes.
-
-Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996 Karl Eichwalder <ke@ke.central.de>
-
- * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@.
-
-Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c: Include <ctype.h>. Reported by Roland McGrath.
-
-Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing
- with external declaration.
-
-Sat Mar 2 00:47:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no.
-
-Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up
- to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization).
-
- * finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization.
-
-Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'.
- (all-yes, all_no): New goals. `all-no' is noop, `all-yes'
- is former all.
-
-Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996 Howard Gayle <howard@hal.com>
-
- * localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop
- of strcasecmp replacement.
-
-Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-)
-
-Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'. Failing system calls
- should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error.
- Reported by Harald K<o:>nig <koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>.
-
-Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running
- shell scripts.
-
-Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
-
- * Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when
- we use the own implementation. Don't do it when using the
- system's gettext or catgets functions.
-
- * dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here.
-
-Sat Dec 9 16:24:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h,
- gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c:
- Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath.
-
-Tue Dec 5 11:39:14 1995 Larry Schwimmer <rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu>
-
- * libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if
- !_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty.
-
-Mon Dec 4 15:42:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (install-src):
- Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install.
-
-Sat Dec 2 22:51:38 1995 Marcus Daniels <marcus@sysc.pdx.edu>
-
- * cat-compat.c (textdomain):
- Reverse order in which files are tried you load. First
- try local file, when this failed absolute path.
-
-Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-
- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }.
-
-Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
- * Makefile.in:
- Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals. Reported by Tom Tromey.
-
-Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995 Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
-
- * hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros.
-
-Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13
- characters. libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc,
- libintl.h.install->libintl.inst. Reported by Joshua R. Poulson.
-
-Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995 Eric Backus <ericb@lsid.hp.com>
-
- * dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals.
-
-Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-
- * libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand
- #if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2. Sad but true.
-
-Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * hash-string.h (hash_string):
- Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's.
-
- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT):
- Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation.
-
-Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
- Some further simplifications in message number generation.
-
-Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes.
-
- * Makefile.in (install-src):
- Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h. This
- is a stripped-down version. Suggested by Peter Miller.
-
- * libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision.
-
- * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file):
- Protect prototypes in type casts by __P.
-
-Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string.
-
-Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype.
-
- * gettextP.h: Fix copyright.
- (SWAP): Add prototype.
-
-Wed Nov 8 22:56:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof.
- Avoid calling *printf function. This introduces a big overhead.
- Patch by Roland McGrath.
-
-Tue Nov 7 14:21:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy.
-
- * finddomain.c (stpcpy):
- Define substitution function local. The macro was to flaky.
-
- * cat-compat.c: Fix typo.
-
- * xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed:
- While bringing message number to right place only accept digits.
-
- * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have
- leading 0s we don't need to remove them. Reported by Marcus
- Daniels.
-
- * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in
- dependency. Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
- * cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement.
- Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef.
-
- * Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment. By Franc,ois Pinard.
-
-Mon Nov 6 00:27:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a
- if we use an available gettext implementation.
-
-Sun Nov 5 22:02:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS. Reported
- by Franc,ois Pinard.
-
- * libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef.
-
- * finddomain.c:
- Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME.
-
-Sun Nov 5 19:38:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split. Use DISTFILES with normal meaning.
- DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals.
- DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext.
-
-Sun Nov 5 17:32:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales.
- This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks
- ago. I really don't know this is still not fixed.
-
-Sun Nov 5 12:43:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL. This
- might mark a special condition.
-
- * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided.
-
- * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
- Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly.
-
- * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop.
-
-Fri Nov 3 07:36:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec):
- Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask.
-
- * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition.
- Capitalize macro arguments.
-
-Thu Nov 2 23:15:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
- Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value.
- Reported by Tom Tromey.
-
- * gettext.c (NULL):
- Define as (void*)0 instad of 0. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
-
-Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering.
-
-Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3.
-
- * localealias.c (alias_compare):
- Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is
- even dumber than I thought. Protect call by `isupper'.
-
-Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables.
- (install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs.
-
-Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c.
-
- * po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques.
-
- * localealias.c:
- Fix typo and superflous test. Reported by Christian von Roques.
-
-Fri Oct 6 11:52:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
- Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax. Now
- we don't have a constant number of successors anymore.
-
-Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc.
-
- * Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc.
- (COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc.
-
- * loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line.
-
- * localealias.c:
- [_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name
- space clean.
-
- * dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change.
-
- * loadmsgcat.c:
- [_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to
- __fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp
- to keep ANSI C name space clean.
-
- * finddomain.c:
- [_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean.
-
- * dcgettext.c:
- [_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to
- keep ANSI C name space clean.
-
- * libgettext.h:
- Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there.
- Reported by Francesco Potorti`.
-
- * loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc.
-
- * bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers
- unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
-
- * finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined.
-
- * textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
- compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
- unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
-
- * localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc.
-
- * gettext.c:
- Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc.
- Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc.
-
- * finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
- compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
- unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
-
- * dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally
- if _LIBC is defined.
-
- * dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
- libgettext.h.
- (locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc.
-
- * dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
- libgettext.h.
- (getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc.
-
- * bindtextdom.c:
- If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h.
-
-Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0.
- Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
- String used in putenv must not be recycled.
- Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
- * libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT):
- Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext
- library.
-
- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
- Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement.
- Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
-Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * cat-compat.c: Include <string.h> for stpcpy prototype.
-
- * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
- While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided
- higher level variable with same name. Rename to `tp'.
-
- * textdomain.c (textdomain):
- Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code.
-
- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'.
-
-Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * localealias.c (alias_compare):
- Use strcasecmp() only if available. Else use
- implementation in place.
-
- * intl-compat.c:
- Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*.
-
- * libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*.
-
- * cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c:
- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
- standalone.
-
- * bindtextdom.c:
- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
- standalone.
- Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library.
-
- * dgettext.c:
- Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
-
- * gettext.c:
- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
- standalone.
- Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
-
- * dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c:
- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
- standalone.
-
-Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard
- locale definitions.
-
-Thu Sep 7 01:49:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax.
-
- * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31.
-
-Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir.
-
- * Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps
- gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the
- install goal.
-
-Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src.
-
-Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * VERSION.in: Initial revision.
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
- Add VERSION file. This is not necessary for gettext, but
- for other packages using this library.
-
-Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain):
- New prototype after changing search strategy.
-
- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
- We now try only to find a specified catalog. Fall back to other
- catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext.
-
- * dcgettext.c (__dcgettext):
- Now we provide message fall back even to different languages.
- I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other
- in the locale list a tried. Formerly fall back was only possible
- within one language. Implemented by moving one loop from
- _nl_find_domain to here.
-
-Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir):
- Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made
- available.
- (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources.
- (gettext-src): New. Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in
- gettextize shell script.
-
-Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain):
- Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is
- also available.
-
- * Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal.
-
-Wed Aug 9 11:04:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
- Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string.
-
- * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
- Handle long lines. Ignore the rest not fitting in
- the buffer after the initial `fgets' call.
-
-Wed Aug 9 00:54:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain):
- Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat.
-
- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
- Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len.
- (expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not
- exist anymore.
-
- * localealias.c (read_alias_file):
- Change type of fname_len parameter to int.
- (xmalloc): Add prototype.
-
- * loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc.
-
-Tue Aug 8 22:30:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
- Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components.
-
- * Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable. Set to preliminary value.
- (SOURCES): Add localealias.c.
- (OBJECTS): Add localealias.o.
-
- * gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias.
-
- * finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c.
-
- * localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names.
-
- * bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup.
-
-Mon Aug 7 23:47:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/.
-
- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
- Correct implementation. dirname parameter was not used.
- Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
- * gettextP.h (loaded_domain):
- New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy
- message handling implementation.
-
- * dcgettext.c:
- Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing.
- Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales.
- (find_msg): New function.
-
- * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c:
- Complete rewrite. Implement oo, lazy message handling :-).
- We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with
- a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale.
- Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each
- of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'.
-
-Sat Aug 5 09:55:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c (unistd.h):
- Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it.
-
-Fri Aug 4 22:42:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype.
-
- * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
-
-Wed Aug 2 18:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^.
-
-Tue Aug 1 20:07:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument.
- (TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory,
- not $(srcdir).
- (ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src.
- (distclean): Remove ID.
-
-Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (gnulocaledir):
- New variable, always using share/ for data directory.
- (DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c.
-
- * finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname):
- Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point
- to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to.
-
- * intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain):
- Undefine macros before function definition.
-
-Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H):
- Protect definition in case where this file is included as
- libgettext.h on Solaris machines. Add comment about this.
-
-Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo.
-
-Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext.
-
- * dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls
- __dcgettext.
-
- * gettext.c (gettext):
- Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext.
-
- * textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain.
-
- * bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called
- __bindtextdomain.
-
- * intl-compat.c: Initial revision.
-
- * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c.
- (OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions.
- OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o,
- and intl-compat.o.
- (GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o.
-
- * libgettext.h:
- Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h.
- For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part.
-
- * finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library.
- (_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between.
-
-Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h.
-
- * xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines.
- A little bit better comments.
-
-Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in:
- po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc.
-
- * po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp:
- Moved to ../misc/.
-
- * libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__.
-
-Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables.
- (install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file.
-
- * po-mode.el (Installation comment):
- Add .pox as possible extension of .po files.
-
-Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not
- fail when not compiling in the source directory.
-
-Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o):
- Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make.
-
- * Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh.
- (install-exec): Add missing dummy goal.
- (install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at
- beginning, not in front of echo. Reported by Eric Backus.
-
-Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
- Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars
- file systems.
-
- * gettext.perl:
- Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems.
-
-Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h.
-
-Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing.
-
- * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
- Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches.
-
- * hash-string.h (hash_string):
- Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'.
-
- * gettext.h (nls_uint32):
- Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'.
-
- * cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes.
-
-Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable.
- (DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp.
- Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation.
- (install-data): install $ELCFILES
- (clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp.
-
- * elisp-comp: Initial revision
-
-Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in:
- cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/. This enables us to use an identical
- intl/ directory in all packages.
-
- * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2.
-
- * textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined)
-
-Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files
- (DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/
-
- * po-to-tbl.sed.in:
- add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings
-
-Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h.
-
- * loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h.
-
- * libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h.
- Allow use in C++ programs.
- Define NULL is not happened already.
-
- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of
- po-to-tbl.sed.
- (distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl.
-
- * tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line.
- Don't include entries without translation from old .po file.
-
-Tue Jul 4 00:41:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "".
-
- * cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR).
- Define getenv if !__STDC__.
-
- * bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion.
- Define free if !__STDC__.
-
- * finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
- Define free if !__STDC__.
-
- * cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
-
-Mon Jul 3 23:56:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR.
- Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency.
-
- * makelinks: Add copyright and short description.
-
- * po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7.
-
- * tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message.
-
- * dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h.
-
- * gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL.
-
- * finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes.
-
- * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in.
-
- * po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
-
- * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
-
-Sun Jul 2 23:55:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format.
-
-Sun Jul 2 02:06:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
-
- * First official release. This directory contains all the code
- needed to internationalize own packages. It provides functions
- which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface
- like the Uniforum gettext function. For system which does not
- have neither of those a complete implementation is provided.
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
transform = @program_transform_name@
-libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
-includedir = $(prefix)/include
-datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
-aliaspath = $(localedir):.
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
subdir = intl
-DESTDIR =
-
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
-l = @l@
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
AR = ar
CC = @CC@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
--DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
+SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
-explodename.c
+explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
+localcharset.c
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
-explodename.$lo
-CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo
+explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
+plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
-DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
-xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
-DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in
+DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=1
+LTV_REVISION=1
+LTV_AGE=0
.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.c.lo:
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+.y.c:
+ $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+ rm -f $*.h
-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+.sin.sed:
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
-all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst
-all-no:
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
-libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
rm -f $@
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
$(RANLIB) $@
-libintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \
- -version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir)
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+ $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
+ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+ -rpath $(libdir) \
+ -no-undefined
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+ cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
-../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
- cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo
+charset.alias: config.charset
+ $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
check: all
# only use the library should use install instead.
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
-# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a
-# separate library or use the catgets interface. A special case is
-# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library.
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
- if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
- $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+ orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
else \
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+ orig=charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
fi; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.a; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-data: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
- $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- else \
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- fi; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
installcheck:
uninstall:
- dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+ && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ for file in VERSION ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
info dvi:
-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgettext.h
+$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
mostlyclean:
- rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.*
+ rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
+ rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+ rm -f -r .libs _libs
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
- rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed
+ rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
+dist distdir: Makefile
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
else \
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
fi; \
- for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
- ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
- || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+ || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
done
-dist-libc:
- tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
-
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other
-# packages. Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve
-# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in.
-@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status
-@GT_YES@ cd .. \
-@GT_YES@ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \
-@GT_YES@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
-@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst
-@GT_NO@intlh.inst:
-
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.35
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.38
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# include <config.h>
#endif
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-# include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
#endif
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
#endif
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-char *
-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+ const char **dirnamep,
+ const char **codesetp));
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+ to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+ If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+ modified, only the current value is returned.
+ If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+ modified nor returned. */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
+ const char **dirnamep;
+ const char **codesetp;
{
struct binding *binding;
+ int modified;
/* Some sanity checks. */
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
- return NULL;
+ {
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ modified = 0;
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
{
}
}
- if (dirname == NULL)
- /* The current binding has be to returned. */
- return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
-
if (binding != NULL)
{
- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
- old binding. */
- if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0)
+ if (dirnamep)
{
- char *new_dirname;
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
- new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
else
{
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->dirname;
+ if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+ result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- new_dirname = strdup (dirname);
- if (new_dirname == NULL)
- return NULL;
+ result = strdup (dirname);
#else
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (new_dirname == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
+ }
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ free (binding->dirname);
+
+ binding->dirname = result;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = result;
}
+ }
- if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- free (binding->dirname);
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
- binding->dirname = new_dirname;
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->codeset;
+ if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+ free (binding->codeset);
+
+ binding->codeset = result;
+ binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *codesetp = result;
+ }
}
}
+ else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+ && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+ {
+ /* Simply return the default values. */
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
else
{
/* We have to create a new binding. */
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE_STRDUP
- size_t len;
-#endif
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
struct binding *new_binding =
- (struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
+ (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed;
- if (new_binding == NULL)
- return NULL;
+ memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+ if (dirnamep)
+ {
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The default value. */
+ dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+ dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname);
- if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
- return NULL;
+ result = strdup (dirname);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
#else
- len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
- return NULL;
- memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
-
- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ dirname = result;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = dirname;
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+ }
else
+ /* The default value. */
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+ if (codesetp)
{
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+ if (codeset != NULL)
+ {
+ char *result;
+
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname);
- if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
- return NULL;
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
#else
- len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
- return NULL;
- memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
+ codeset = result;
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ }
+ *codesetp = codeset;
+ new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
}
+ else
+ new_binding->codeset = NULL;
/* Now enqueue it. */
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
binding->next = new_binding;
}
- binding = new_binding;
+ modified = 1;
+
+ /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
+ if (0)
+ {
+ failed_codeset:
+ if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ free (new_binding->dirname);
+ failed_dirname:
+ free (new_binding);
+ failed:
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
}
- return binding->dirname;
+ /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
+ if (modified)
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+ return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+ return (char *) codeset;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-# include <malloc.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
-# include <nl_types.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgettext.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
- ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
- setting of `local'.''
- However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
- defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
- system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* The catalog descriptor. */
-static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
-
-/* Name of the default catalog. */
-static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
-
-/* Name of currently used catalog. */
-static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
-
-/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
-static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
-
-/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-#endif
-
-
-/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- nl_catd new_catalog;
- char *new_name;
- size_t new_name_len;
- char *lang;
-
-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
- && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
- lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
-#else
- lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
- {
- lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
- lang = getenv ("LANG");
- }
-#endif
- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
- lang = "C";
-
- /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- return (char *) catalog_name;
-
- if (domainname[0] == '\0')
- domainname = default_catalog_name;
-
- /* Compute length of added path element. */
- new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
- + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
- + sizeof (".cat");
-
- new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
- if (new_name == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
- new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
- if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
- {
- /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
- sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
- PACKAGE);
- new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
- if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
- {
- free (new_name);
- return (char *) catalog_name;
- }
- }
-
- /* Close old catalog. */
- if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
- catclose (catalog);
- if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
- free ((char *) catalog_name);
-
- catalog = new_catalog;
- catalog_name = new_name;
-
- return (char *) catalog_name;
-}
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
-#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
- char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
- size_t new_val_len;
-
- /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
- the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
- peanuts. */
- new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
- + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-
- old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
- if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
- {
- old_val = NULL;
- new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
- + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
- }
- else
- new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
-
- new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
- if (new_val == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
- cp = new_val;
-# else
- cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
-# endif
-
- cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
- cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
-
- if (old_val == NULL)
- {
-# if __STDC__
- stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# else
-
- cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
- stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# endif
- }
- else
- stpcpy (cp, old_val);
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
- setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
- free (new_val);
-# else
- putenv (new_val);
- /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
- from now on. */
-# endif
-
-#endif
-
- return (char *) domainname;
-}
-
-#undef gettext
-char *
-gettext (msg)
- const char *msg;
-{
- int msgid;
-
- if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
- return (char *) msg;
-
- /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
- The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
- which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
- msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
- if (msgid == -1)
- return (char *) msg;
-
- return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
-}
-
-/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
- for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
- the string is not found return -1. */
-static int
-msg_to_cat_id (msg)
- const char *msg;
-{
- int cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
- if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
- return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
-
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+# ALIAS CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+# name used by which systems a MIME name?
+# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
+# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
+# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-13 glibc
+# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
+# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
+# CP437 dos
+# CP775 dos
+# CP850 aix osf dos
+# CP852 dos
+# CP855 dos
+# CP856 aix
+# CP857 dos
+# CP861 dos
+# CP862 dos
+# CP864 dos
+# CP865 dos
+# CP866 freebsd dos
+# CP869 dos
+# CP874 win32 dos
+# CP922 aix
+# CP932 aix win32 dos
+# CP943 aix
+# CP949 osf win32 dos
+# CP950 win32 dos
+# CP1046 aix
+# CP1124 aix
+# CP1129 aix
+# CP1250 win32
+# CP1251 glibc win32
+# CP1252 aix win32
+# CP1253 win32
+# CP1254 win32
+# CP1255 win32
+# CP1256 win32
+# CP1257 win32
+# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# BIG5HKSCS glibc
+# GBK aix osf win32 dos
+# GB18030 glibc
+# SJIS hpux osf solaris freebsd
+# JOHAB glibc win32
+# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+# VISCII glibc yes
+# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
+# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
+# HP-GREEK8 hpux
+# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
+# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
+# HP-KANA8 hpux
+# DEC-KANJI osf
+# DEC-HANYU osf
+# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+ linux* | *-gnu*)
+ # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+ # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+ # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+ # need to install the alias file at all.
+ # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+ echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+ ;;
+ aix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+ echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+ echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+ echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+ echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+ echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+ echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+ echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+ echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+ echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+ echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ hpux*)
+ echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+ echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+ echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+ echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+ echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+ echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+ echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+ #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ irix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ ;;
+ osf*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "cp850 CP850"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+ echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+ echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+ echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+ echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+ echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+ echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "PCK SJIS"
+ echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+ #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ freebsd*)
+ # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+ for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+ echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+ done
+ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ done
+ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ done
+ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ done
+ for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+ done
+ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+ echo "* UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ msdosdjgpp*)
+ # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "#"
+ echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+ echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+ echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+ echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+ echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+ echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+ echo "#"
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ # ISO-8859-1 languages
+ echo "ca CP850"
+ echo "ca_ES CP850"
+ echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "de CP850"
+ echo "de_AT CP850"
+ echo "de_CH CP850"
+ echo "de_DE CP850"
+ echo "en CP850"
+ echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "en_CA CP850"
+ echo "en_GB CP850"
+ echo "en_NZ CP437"
+ echo "en_US CP437"
+ echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "es CP850"
+ echo "es_AR CP850"
+ echo "es_BO CP850"
+ echo "es_CL CP850"
+ echo "es_CO CP850"
+ echo "es_CR CP850"
+ echo "es_CU CP850"
+ echo "es_DO CP850"
+ echo "es_EC CP850"
+ echo "es_ES CP850"
+ echo "es_GT CP850"
+ echo "es_HN CP850"
+ echo "es_MX CP850"
+ echo "es_NI CP850"
+ echo "es_PA CP850"
+ echo "es_PY CP850"
+ echo "es_PE CP850"
+ echo "es_SV CP850"
+ echo "es_UY CP850"
+ echo "es_VE CP850"
+ echo "et CP850"
+ echo "et_EE CP850"
+ echo "eu CP850"
+ echo "eu_ES CP850"
+ echo "fi CP850"
+ echo "fi_FI CP850"
+ echo "fr CP850"
+ echo "fr_BE CP850"
+ echo "fr_CA CP850"
+ echo "fr_CH CP850"
+ echo "fr_FR CP850"
+ echo "ga CP850"
+ echo "ga_IE CP850"
+ echo "gd CP850"
+ echo "gd_GB CP850"
+ echo "gl CP850"
+ echo "gl_ES CP850"
+ echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "it CP850"
+ echo "it_CH CP850"
+ echo "it_IT CP850"
+ echo "lt CP775"
+ echo "lt_LT CP775"
+ echo "lv CP775"
+ echo "lv_LV CP775"
+ echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nl CP850"
+ echo "nl_BE CP850"
+ echo "nl_NL CP850"
+ echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "pt CP850"
+ echo "pt_BR CP850"
+ echo "pt_PT CP850"
+ echo "sv CP850"
+ echo "sv_SE CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-2 languages
+ echo "cs CP852"
+ echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+ echo "hr CP852"
+ echo "hr_HR CP852"
+ echo "hu CP852"
+ echo "hu_HU CP852"
+ echo "pl CP852"
+ echo "pl_PL CP852"
+ echo "ro CP852"
+ echo "ro_RO CP852"
+ echo "sk CP852"
+ echo "sk_SK CP852"
+ echo "sl CP852"
+ echo "sl_SI CP852"
+ echo "sq CP852"
+ echo "sq_AL CP852"
+ echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ # ISO-8859-3 languages
+ echo "mt CP850"
+ echo "mt_MT CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-5 languages
+ echo "be CP866"
+ echo "be_BE CP866"
+ echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ # ISO-8859-6 languages
+ echo "ar CP864"
+ echo "ar_AE CP864"
+ echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+ echo "ar_EG CP864"
+ echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+ echo "ar_IR CP864"
+ echo "ar_JO CP864"
+ echo "ar_KW CP864"
+ echo "ar_MA CP864"
+ echo "ar_OM CP864"
+ echo "ar_QA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SY CP864"
+ # ISO-8859-7 languages
+ echo "el CP869"
+ echo "el_GR CP869"
+ # ISO-8859-8 languages
+ echo "he CP862"
+ echo "he_IL CP862"
+ # ISO-8859-9 languages
+ echo "tr CP857"
+ echo "tr_TR CP857"
+ # Japanese
+ echo "ja CP932"
+ echo "ja_JP CP932"
+ # Chinese
+ echo "zh_CN GBK"
+ echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+ # Korean
+ echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ # Thai
+ echo "th CP874"
+ echo "th_TH CP874"
+ # Other
+ echo "eo CP850"
+ echo "eo_EO CP850"
+ ;;
+esac
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# include <config.h>
#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-# include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-# define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
-#include "hash-string.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define getcwd __getcwd
-# ifndef stpcpy
-# define stpcpy __stpcpy
-# endif
-#else
-# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getwd ();
-# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-# else
-char *getcwd ();
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
-#define PATH_INCR 32
-
-/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
-/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
- PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
- later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
-#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
-# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
-#endif
-
-/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
-#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-#endif
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
- ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
- setting of `local'.''
- However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
- defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
- system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
- textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
-
-/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
-const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
-const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
- calls. */
-struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
- const char *msgid)) internal_function;
-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
- const char *categoryname))
- internal_function;
-
-
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done. */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
-#else
-struct block_list
-{
- void *address;
- struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
- do { \
- struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
- /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
- the list. */ \
- if (newp != NULL) { \
- newp->address = (addr); \
- newp->next = (list); \
- (list) = newp; \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
- do { \
- while (list != NULL) { \
- struct block_list *old = list; \
- list = list->next; \
- free (old); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-#endif /* have alloca */
-
-
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
- struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
- struct binding *binding;
- const char *categoryname;
- const char *categoryvalue;
- char *dirname, *xdomainname;
- char *single_locale;
- char *retval;
- int saved_errno = errno;
-
- /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
- if (msgid == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
- CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
- defintion left this undefined. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- /* First find matching binding. */
- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It is not in the list. */
- binding = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (binding == NULL)
- dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
- else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
- dirname = binding->dirname;
- else
- {
- /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
- size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
- size_t path_max;
- char *ret;
-
- path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
- path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
-
- dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
-
- __set_errno (0);
- while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
- {
- path_max += PATH_INCR;
- dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
- __set_errno (0);
- }
-
- if (ret == NULL)
- {
- /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
- error but simply return the default string. */
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return (char *) msgid;
- }
-
- stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
- }
-
- /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
- categoryname = category_to_name (category);
- categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
-
- xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
- + strlen (domainname) + 5);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
-
- stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
- domainname),
- ".mo");
-
- /* Creating working area. */
- single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
-
-
- /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
- got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */
- while (1)
- {
- /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
- ++categoryvalue;
- if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
- no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
- by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
- will take place. */
- single_locale[0] = 'C';
- single_locale[1] = '\0';
- }
- else
- {
- char *cp = single_locale;
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
- *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
- *cp = '\0';
- }
-
- /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
- domain. Return the MSGID. */
- if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
- || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
- {
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return (char *) msgid;
- }
-
-
- /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
- DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
- domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
-
- if (domain != NULL)
- {
- retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
-
- if (retval == NULL)
- {
- int cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return retval;
- }
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
#endif
-
-
-static char *
-internal_function
-find_msg (domain_file, msgid)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- const char *msgid;
-{
- size_t top, act, bottom;
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
-
- if (domain_file->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (domain_file);
-
- if (domain_file->data == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
-
- /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
- if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
- {
- /* Use the hashing table. */
- nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
- nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
- nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
- nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
- nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
-
- if (nstr == 0)
- /* Hash table entry is empty. */
- return NULL;
-
- if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
- && strcmp (msgid,
- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
- return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
- idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
- else
- idx += incr;
-
- nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
- if (nstr == 0)
- /* Hash table entry is empty. */
- return NULL;
-
- if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
- && strcmp (msgid,
- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
- == 0)
- return (char *) domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
-
- /* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted
- array of messages. */
- bottom = 0;
- top = domain->nstrings;
- while (bottom < top)
- {
- int cmp_val;
-
- act = (bottom + top) / 2;
- cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
- if (cmp_val < 0)
- top = act;
- else if (cmp_val > 0)
- bottom = act + 1;
- else
- break;
- }
-
- /* If an translation is found return this. */
- return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
-}
-
-
-/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-category_to_name (category)
- int category;
-{
- const char *retval;
-
- switch (category)
- {
-#ifdef LC_COLLATE
- case LC_COLLATE:
- retval = "LC_COLLATE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_CTYPE
- case LC_CTYPE:
- retval = "LC_CTYPE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MONETARY
- case LC_MONETARY:
- retval = "LC_MONETARY";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
- case LC_NUMERIC:
- retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_TIME
- case LC_TIME:
- retval = "LC_TIME";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
- case LC_MESSAGES:
- retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
- case LC_RESPONSE:
- retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_ALL
- case LC_ALL:
- /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
- value. */
- retval = "LC_ALL";
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
- retval = "LC_XXX";
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
- int category;
- const char *categoryname;
-{
- const char *retval;
-
- /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
- variable. This is a GNU extension. */
- retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
-
- /* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX
- methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some
- systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */
-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
- return setlocale (category, NULL);
-#else
- /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
-
- /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
- retval = getenv (categoryname);
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
-
- /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
- retval = getenv ("LANG");
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
-
- /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation
- defined. */
- return "C";
-#endif
-}
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
- program's end. */
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
- struct binding *runp;
-
- for (runp = _nl_domain_bindings; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
- {
- free (runp->domainname);
- if (runp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
- free (runp->dirname);
- }
-
- if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
- /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
- free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types. */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+ setting of `local'.''
+ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
+ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+ those using GNU C Library). */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+ are stored. */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+ /* Domain in which to search. */
+ char *domainname;
+
+ /* The category. */
+ int category;
+
+ /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
+ int counter;
+
+ /* Catalog where the string was found. */
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+ /* And finally the translation. */
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_length;
+
+ /* Pointer to the string in question. */
+ char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
+ only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+ const void *p1;
+ const void *p2;
+{
+ const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+ const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+ int result;
+
+ s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+ s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+ result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+ if (result == 0)
+ {
+ result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+ if (result == 0)
+ /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+ operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+ LC_MESSAGES). */
+ result = s1->category - s2->category;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+ unsigned long int n,
+ const char *translation,
+ size_t translation_len))
+ internal_function;
+static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n))
+ internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+ const char *categoryname))
+ internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+ struct transmem_list *next;
+ char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+ easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+# define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+# define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+# define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+# define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+ if (enable_secure == 0) \
+ { \
+ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
+ enable_secure = 1; \
+ else \
+ enable_secure = -1; \
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+ depending on the plural form determined by N. */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ struct binding *binding;
+ const char *categoryname;
+ const char *categoryvalue;
+ char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+ char *single_locale;
+ char *retval;
+ size_t retlen;
+ int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ struct known_translation_t *search;
+ struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+ size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+ size_t domainname_len;
+
+ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
+ if (msgid1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+ definition left this undefined. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+ /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+ some time. */
+ search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+ memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+ search->category = category;
+
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+ {
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+ (*foundp)->translation_length);
+ else
+ retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
+ saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
+ DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+ /* First find matching binding. */
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+ dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
+ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+ size_t path_max;
+ char *ret;
+
+ path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+ __set_errno (0);
+ ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+ if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+ break;
+
+ path_max += path_max / 2;
+ path_max += PATH_INCR;
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+ error but simply return the default string. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
+ categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+ domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ + domainname_len + 5);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+ stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+ domainname, domainname_len),
+ ".mo");
+
+ /* Creating working area. */
+ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
+ got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+ ++categoryvalue;
+ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
+ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+ will take place. */
+ single_locale[0] = 'C';
+ single_locale[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *cp = single_locale;
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+ outside the dedicated directories. */
+ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+ /* Ingore this entry. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+ msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ if (foundp == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
+ struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+ newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+ + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->domainname =
+ mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+ newp->category = category;
+ newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ newp->domain = domain;
+ newp->translation = retval;
+ newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+ /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+ tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp == NULL
+ || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+ /* The insert failed. */
+ free (newp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We can update the existing entry. */
+ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+ (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+ const char *msgid;
+ size_t *lengthp;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ size_t act;
+ char *result;
+ size_t resultlen;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+ if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
+ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+ == 0))
+ {
+ act = nstr - 1;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
+ messages. */
+ size_t top, bottom;
+
+ bottom = 0;
+ top = domain->nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+
+ act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+ if (cmp_val < 0)
+ top = act;
+ else if (cmp_val > 0)
+ bottom = act + 1;
+ else
+ goto found;
+ }
+ /* No translation was found. */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ found:
+ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
+ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
+ result = ((char *) domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->codeset_cntr
+ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+ {
+ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
+ have to reinitialize the converter. */
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+ }
+
+ if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+# endif
+# endif
+ )
+ {
+ /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
+ appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+ of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+ to the converted strings in.
+ There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
+ are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
+ handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+ NULs. */
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+ && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+ sizeof (char *)))
+ == NULL))
+ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
+ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+ /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
+ goto converted;
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+ translated yet. Do this now. */
+ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+ We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+ time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
+ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
+ static unsigned char *freemem;
+ static size_t freemem_size;
+
+ const unsigned char *inbuf;
+ unsigned char *outbuf;
+ int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+ transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+ inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+ malloc_count = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ size_t non_reversible;
+ int res;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+ &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+ &outbuf,
+ outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+ &non_reversible);
+
+ if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+ break;
+
+ if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = result;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+ size_t inleft = resultlen;
+ char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+ size_t outleft;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+ if (iconv (domain->conv,
+ (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+ &outptr, &outleft)
+ != (size_t) (-1))
+ {
+ outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (errno != E2BIG)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ resize_freemem:
+ /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
+ if (malloc_count > 0)
+ {
+ ++malloc_count;
+ freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+ freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ if (newmem != NULL)
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ else
+ {
+ struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ malloc_count = 1;
+ freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+ }
+ if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+ {
+ freemem = NULL;
+ freemem_size = 0;
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+ at some point. */
+ newmem->next = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+
+ freemem = newmem->data;
+ freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+ freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+ }
+
+ /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
+ into the table of conversions. */
+ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+ domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+ /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
+ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+ freemem = outbuf;
+ freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+ freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ }
+
+ /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+ the plural variants. */
+ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+ resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+ }
+
+ converted:
+ /* The result string is converted. */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+ *lengthp = resultlen;
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant. */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_len;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+ unsigned long int index;
+ const char *p;
+
+ index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+ if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
+ given maximum value do not match. */
+ index = 0;
+
+ /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
+ p = translation;
+ while (index-- > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+ p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+ /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
+ p++;
+
+ if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
+ evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+ available for MSGID1. */
+ return (char *) translation;
+ }
+ return (char *) p;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+ struct expression *pexp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ switch (pexp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case var:
+ return n;
+ case num:
+ return pexp->val.num;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
+ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return ! arg;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ {
+ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ if (pexp->operation == lor)
+ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else if (pexp->operation == land)
+ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case mult:
+ return leftarg * rightarg;
+ case divide:
+ return leftarg / rightarg;
+ case module:
+ return leftarg % rightarg;
+ case plus:
+ return leftarg + rightarg;
+ case minus:
+ return leftarg - rightarg;
+ case less_than:
+ return leftarg < rightarg;
+ case greater_than:
+ return leftarg > rightarg;
+ case less_or_equal:
+ return leftarg <= rightarg;
+ case greater_or_equal:
+ return leftarg >= rightarg;
+ case equal:
+ return leftarg == rightarg;
+ case not_equal:
+ return leftarg != rightarg;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
+ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+ int category;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ switch (category)
+ {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+ case LC_COLLATE:
+ retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+ case LC_CTYPE:
+ retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+ case LC_MONETARY:
+ retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+ case LC_NUMERIC:
+ retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+ case LC_TIME:
+ retval = "LC_TIME";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+ case LC_MESSAGES:
+ retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+ case LC_RESPONSE:
+ retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+ case LC_ALL:
+ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+ value. */
+ retval = "LC_ALL";
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
+ retval = "LC_XXX";
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *language;
+ const char *retval;
+
+ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+ variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+ locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
+ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+ if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+ language = NULL;
+
+ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
+ `setlocale' function itself. */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+ retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
+ implementation defined. */
+ return "C";
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+ void *dest;
+ const void *src;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ void *old;
+
+ while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+ {
+ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+ if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (oldp->dirname);
+ free (oldp->codeset);
+ free (oldp);
+ }
+
+ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
+ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+ /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
+ __tdestroy (root, free);
+ root = NULL;
+
+ while (transmem_list != NULL)
+ {
+ old = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
-/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# include <config.h>
#endif
-#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
+#include <locale.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
-/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# include <config.h>
#endif
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+ && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+ ++name;
+
+ return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
int
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
mask = 0;
syntax = undecided;
*language = cp = name;
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
- && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
- ++cp;
+ cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
if (*language == cp)
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# include <config.h>
#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-# include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-# define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
-#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
int cnt;
if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval);
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data != NULL)
return retval;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
return NULL;
if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval);
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
+ /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
+ if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+ free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
return retval;
}
if (runp->data != NULL)
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
runp = runp->next;
+ free ((char *) here->filename);
free (here);
}
}
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
-# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
-# else
-# ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-# else
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# endif
-# endif
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define GETTEXT gettext__
-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
- return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
+ return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
-#include <stdio.h>
-
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
# include <limits.h>
#endif
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
- doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
- the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables
- is usually not possible. */
+ as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+ when cross-compiling. */
#if __STDC__
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-/* Header describing internals of gettext library
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
+#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
#include "loadinfo.h"
+#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
+
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# define internal_function
#endif
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
#ifndef W
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
#endif
# include <byteswap.h>
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
#else
-static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
-
static inline nls_uint32
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
#endif
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+ plural form. */
+struct expression
+{
+ int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
+ enum operator
+ {
+ /* Without arguments: */
+ var, /* The variable "n". */
+ num, /* Decimal number. */
+ /* Unary operators: */
+ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
+ /* Binary operators: */
+ mult, /* Multiplication. */
+ divide, /* Division. */
+ module, /* Module operation. */
+ plus, /* Addition. */
+ minus, /* Subtraction. */
+ less_than, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_than, /* Comparison. */
+ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
+ not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
+ land, /* Logical AND. */
+ lor, /* Logical OR. */
+ /* Ternary operators: */
+ qmop /* Question mark operator. */
+ } operation;
+ union
+ {
+ unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
+ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
+ } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+ the result in a thread-safe way. */
+struct parse_args
+{
+ const char *cp;
+ struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
const char *data;
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
nls_uint32 hash_size;
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+ int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+ char **conv_tab;
+
+ struct expression *plural;
+ unsigned long int nplurals;
};
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
+ doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
+ from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
- char *domainname;
char *dirname;
+ int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
+ char *codeset;
+ char domainname[ZERO];
};
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+ become invalid.
+ This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
- const char *__domainname))
+ const char *__domainname,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain))
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+ struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+ struct binding *domainbinding,
+ const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+ internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+#else
+extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+ internal_function;
+extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#else
+extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+ internal_function;
+extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#endif
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-/* Implements a string hashing function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
-static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
-static inline unsigned long
+static inline unsigned long int
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
{
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
- hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
- g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+ hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+ g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
- Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# include <config.h>
#endif
-#include "libgettext.h"
+#include "libgnuintl.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
+ those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
+ It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
+ configured --with-included-gettext.
+
+ This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
+ the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
+ If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
+ libgnuintl.h of the following form:
+
+# define gettext gettext__
+# define dgettext dgettext__
+# define dcgettext dcgettext__
+# define ngettext ngettext__
+# define dngettext dngettext__
+# define dcngettext dcngettext__
+# define textdomain textdomain__
+# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
+
+ How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
+ A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
+ functions defined in the executable always override functions in
+ the shared libraries.
+ B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
+ 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
+ (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
+ ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
+ letting other shared libraries override it.
+ 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
+ libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
+ shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
+ *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
+
+ A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
+ whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
+ Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
+ containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
+ the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
+ to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
+ command line. */
+
#undef gettext
#undef dgettext
#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
#undef textdomain
#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+gettext (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return gettext__ (msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
+ const char *msgid;
{
- return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+ return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
}
char *
-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
{
- return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
+ return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
char *
-gettext (msgid)
- const char *msgid;
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
{
- return gettext__ (msgid);
+ return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
{
return textdomain__ (domainname);
}
+
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
+}
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
+#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* Construct file name. */
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
- __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
+ __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
*cp++ = '/';
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
\f
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
- names. */
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
- const unsigned char *codeset;
+ const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
{
int len = 0;
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
- the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
- include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also
- define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */
-
-#if !defined _LIBINTL_H || !defined _LIBGETTEXT_H
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-# define _LIBINTL_H 1
-#endif
-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
- implementation of gettext. */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-# define NULL (0)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
-/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
- function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it
- to a default value. */
-# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from
- Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */
-struct _msg_ent
-{
- const char *_msg;
- int _msg_number;
-};
-
-
-#if HAVE_CATGETS
-/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
- generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */
-extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
-extern int _msg_tbl_length;
-#endif
-
-
-/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
- translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
-#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
- int __category));
-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid, int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
-/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
- So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4
- has dcgettext. */
-# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
-
-# define gettext(Msgid) \
- dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \
- dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
-/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
- whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
- translations. */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
- (__extension__ \
- ({ \
- char *__result; \
- if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \
- { \
- static char *__translation__; \
- static int __catalog_counter__; \
- if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
- { \
- __translation__ = \
- dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
- __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
- } \
- __result = __translation__; \
- } \
- else \
- __result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
- __result; \
- }))
-# endif
-# endif
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
+# include <libintl.h>
#else
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
-# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) Domainname)
-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) Dirname)
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
#endif
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
+/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+ translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
+#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
-#endif
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+ this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
+ warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
+ precedence over _conio_gettext. */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) \
+ dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
+++ /dev/null
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number. We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
- i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
- h
- s/.*/0/
- x
-}
-#
-# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
- s/msgid[ ]*"//
-#
-# This does not work now with the new format.
-# /"$/! {
-# s/\\$//
-# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-# }
- x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
- td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
- :d
- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
- td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
- s/_/0/g
- x
- G
- s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
- s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
-# Clear substitution flag.
- tb
-# Append the next line.
- :b
- N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
- s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
- ta
- P
- D
-# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
- :a
- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
- P
-# We cannot use D here.
- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
- tb
-}
-d
-/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H 1
+
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# endif
#endif
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
#define CEN_REVISION 1
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
};
-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const unsigned char *codeset,
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
size_t name_len));
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
+ the caller. */
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier,
const char **territory,
const char **special,
const char **sponsor,
const char **revision));
+
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif /* loadinfo.h */
/* Load needed message catalogs.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP 1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define munmap __munmap
#endif
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+#else
+# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+ O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+ /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+ /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
cached by one of GCC's features. */
-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr = 0;
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+ form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = num,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .num = 1
+ }
+};
+static struct expression germanic_plural =
+{
+ .nargs = 2,
+ .operation = not_equal,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .args =
+ {
+ [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+ [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+ Initialization at run-time. */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+static struct expression germanic_plural;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+ if (plone.val.num == 0)
+ {
+ plvar.nargs = 0;
+ plvar.operation = var;
+
+ plone.nargs = 0;
+ plone.operation = num;
+ plone.val.num = 1;
+
+ germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
+ germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
+ germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+ germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
+ }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+ Return the header entry. */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+ This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
+ entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+ information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+ current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
+ char *nullentry;
+ size_t nullentrylen;
+
+ /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
+ domain->codeset_cntr =
+ (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+ domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+ /* Get the header entry. */
+ nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *charsetstr;
+
+ charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+ if (charsetstr != NULL)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ char *charset;
+ const char *outcharset;
+
+ charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+ len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+ charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+ memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+ charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+ /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+ locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+ set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+ this. Moreover, the value specified through
+ bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
+ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+ outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+ if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+ {
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ extern const char *locale_charset (void);
+ outcharset = locale_charset ();
+# endif
+# endif
+ }
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* We always want to use transliteration. */
+ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+ charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+ if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+ GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+ != __GCONV_OK)
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */
+# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+ len = strlen (outcharset);
+ {
+ char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+ memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+ memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+ outcharset = tmp;
+ }
+# endif
+ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+ freea (outcharset);
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ freea (charset);
+ }
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+ }
+
+ return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+ free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+ __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+ iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
message catalog do nothing. */
void
internal_function
-_nl_load_domain (domain_file)
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
{
int fd;
size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ struct stat64 st;
+#else
struct stat st;
+#endif
struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || defined _LIBC
int use_mmap = 0;
-#endif
struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ const char *nullentry;
domain_file->decided = 1;
domain_file->data = NULL;
+ /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+ because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+ a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
+
/* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
return;
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
- fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY);
+ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
if (fd == -1)
return;
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
- if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0
- || (size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size
- || size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header))
+ if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+ __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+ || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+ || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
{
/* Something went wrong. */
close (fd);
return;
}
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || defined _LIBC
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
- if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+ if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
{
/* mmap() call was successful. */
close (fd);
do
{
long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
- if (nb == -1)
+ if (nb <= 0)
{
+#ifdef EINTR
+ if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+ continue;
+#endif
close (fd);
return;
}
-
read_ptr += nb;
to_read -= nb;
}
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
catalog file. */
- if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED)
+ if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+ 0))
{
/* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || defined _LIBC
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
return;
}
- domain_file->data
- = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
- if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+ if (domain == NULL)
return;
+ domain_file->data = domain;
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
domain->data = (char *) data;
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || defined _LIBC
domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
-#endif
domain->mmap_size = size;
domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
break;
default:
- /* This is an illegal revision. */
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || defined _LIBC
+ /* This is an invalid revision. */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
return;
}
- /* Show that one domain is changed. This might make some cached
- translations invalid. */
- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+ the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+ specified character set or the locale's character set. */
+ nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+ /* Also look for a plural specification. */
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *plural;
+ const char *nplurals;
+
+ plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+ nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+ if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+ goto no_plural;
+ else
+ {
+ /* First get the number. */
+ char *endp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ struct parse_args args;
+
+ nplurals += 9;
+ while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
+ ++nplurals;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+ n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+ for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+ n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+ domain->nplurals = n;
+ if (nplurals == endp)
+ goto no_plural;
+
+ /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+ scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+ passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+ is passed down to the parser. */
+ plural += 7;
+ args.cp = plural;
+ if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+ goto no_plural;
+ domain->plural = args.res;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+ for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
+ English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
+ no_plural:
+ INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+ domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
+ domain->nplurals = 2;
+ }
}
_nl_unload_domain (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
+ if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
+ __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
if (domain->use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
else
+# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
free ((void *) domain->data);
free (domain);
--- /dev/null
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# include <locale.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+ 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+ and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+ are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+ read, else NULL. Its format is:
+ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+ char *cp;
+
+ cp = charset_aliases;
+ if (cp == NULL)
+ {
+#ifndef WIN32
+ FILE *fp;
+ const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+ const char *base = "charset.alias";
+ char *file_name;
+
+ /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
+ {
+ size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+ size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+ int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+ file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+ if (add_slash)
+ file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+ memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+ /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ /* Parse the file's contents. */
+ int c;
+ char buf1[50+1];
+ char buf2[50+1];
+ char *res_ptr = NULL;
+ size_t res_size = 0;
+ size_t l1, l2;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = getc (fp);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '#')
+ {
+ /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
+ do
+ c = getc (fp);
+ while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+ break;
+ l1 = strlen (buf1);
+ l2 = strlen (buf2);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ {
+ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+ }
+ if (res_ptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Out of memory. */
+ res_size = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+ cp = res_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
+
+ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+ charset_aliases = cp;
+ }
+
+ return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+ /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
+ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+ /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
+ const char *locale = NULL;
+
+ /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
+ (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
+ use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+ locale name the user has set. */
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+ locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+ you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+ through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+ /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+ codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
+ codeset = "";
+
+ /* Resolve alias. */
+ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+ *aliases != '\0';
+ aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+ if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+ || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return codeset;
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file:
+
+bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
+korean ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
# endif
#endif
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-# include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
+#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
-#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
-# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# ifndef mempcpy
+# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
#endif
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done. */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
-struct block_list
-{
- void *address;
- struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
- do { \
- struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
- /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
- the list. */ \
- if (newp != NULL) { \
- newp->address = (addr); \
- newp->next = (list); \
- (list) = newp; \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
- do { \
- while (list != NULL) { \
- struct block_list *old = list; \
- list = list->next; \
- free (old); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-#endif /* have alloca */
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
struct alias_map
};
-static char *string_space = NULL;
-static size_t string_space_act = 0;
-static size_t string_space_max = 0;
+static char *string_space;
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
static struct alias_map *map;
-static size_t nmap = 0;
-static size_t maxmap = 0;
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
internal_function;
-static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2));
{
const char *start;
- while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
start = locale_alias_path;
- while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+ && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
if (start < locale_alias_path)
const char *fname;
int fname_len;
{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
- struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
size_t added;
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname);
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#endif
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
+ freea (full_fname);
if (fp == NULL)
- {
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- return 0;
- }
+ return 0;
added = 0;
while (!feof (fp))
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
be that long
*/
- unsigned char buf[BUFSIZ];
- unsigned char *alias;
- unsigned char *value;
- unsigned char *cp;
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ char *alias;
+ char *value;
+ char *cp;
if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
*cp++ = '\0';
if (nmap >= maxmap)
- extend_alias_table ();
+ if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+ return added;
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
if (new_pool == NULL)
+ return added;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
{
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- return added;
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+ {
+ map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+ map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+ }
}
+
string_space = new_pool;
string_space_max = new_size;
}
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
return added;
}
-static void
+static int
extend_alias_table ()
{
size_t new_size;
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
if (new_map == NULL)
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
- return;
+ return -1;
map = new_map;
maxmap = new_size;
+ return 0;
}
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+
+/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+ by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
+
+#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+#define EQUOP2 257
+#define CMPOP2 258
+#define ADDOP2 259
+#define MULOP2 260
+#define NUMBER 261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+
+#line 52 "plural.y"
+typedef union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#line 58 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define YYFINAL 27
+#define YYFLAG -32768
+#define YYNTBASE 16
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14,
+ 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
+ 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35,
+ 37, 39
+};
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = { 17,
+ 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17,
+ 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17,
+ 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17,
+ 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17,
+ 15, 0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+ 177, 185, 189, 193, 197, 201, 205, 209, 213, 217,
+ 221, 226
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+"start","exp", NULL
+};
+#endif
+
+static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
+ 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
+ 17, 17
+};
+
+static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
+ 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1,
+ 1, 3
+};
+
+static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
+ 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25,
+ 5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] = { -9,
+ -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9,
+ -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26,
+ -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+ -1
+};
+
+
+#define YYLAST 53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = { 6,
+ 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19,
+ 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+ 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12,
+ 13, 14, 27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] = { 1,
+ 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7,
+ 8, 9, 0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
+#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+ in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+ when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
+
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C. */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+ since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+ instead, just don't use alloca. */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+ So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
+/* #include <malloc.h> */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+ and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#endif
+
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+ It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+ as one case of the switch. */
+
+#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY -2
+#define YYEOF 0
+#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+ This remains here temporarily to ease the
+ transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
+#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
+do \
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
+ { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
+ YYPOPSTACK; \
+ goto yybackup; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR 1
+#define YYERRCODE 256
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+
+int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
+YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
+ /* lookahead symbol */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
+ /* symbol */
+#endif
+
+int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
+#endif /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+ from coexisting. */
+#endif
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
+
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+ (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+\f
+/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
+ should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+ definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+ of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+ char *to;
+ char *from;
+ unsigned int count;
+{
+ register char *f = from;
+ register char *t = to;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
+{
+ register char *t = to;
+ register char *f = from;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+\f
+#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+ into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
+ It should actually point to an object.
+ Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+ to the proper pointer type. */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+#else
+int yyparse (void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+int
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+ YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+ register int yystate;
+ register int yyn;
+ register short *yyssp;
+ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+ int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+ int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
+ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
+
+ short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
+ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+ YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+ int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+ int yyfree_stacks = 0;
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+ int yychar;
+ YYSTYPE yylval;
+ int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
+ /* semantic values from the action */
+ /* routines */
+
+ int yylen;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
+
+ yystate = 0;
+ yyerrstatus = 0;
+ yynerrs = 0;
+ yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
+
+ /* Initialize stack pointers.
+ Waste one element of value and location stack
+ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+ The wasted elements are never initialized. */
+
+ yyssp = yyss - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+
+/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
+yynewstate:
+
+ *++yyssp = yystate;
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ {
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
+ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
+ int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+ the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#else
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+ /* Extend the stack our own way. */
+ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+ {
+ yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 2;
+ }
+ yystacksize *= 2;
+ if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+ yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+ yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+ yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+ yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ YYABORT;
+ }
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
+
+ goto yybackup;
+ yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
+
+ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+ or a valid token in external form. */
+
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+ {
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
+ yychar = YYLEX;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
+ {
+ yychar1 = 0;
+ yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+ of a token, for further debugging info. */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+ YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+#endif
+ fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ yyn += yychar1;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+ /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+ Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+ Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+ New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+ just return success.
+ 0, or most negative number => error. */
+
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ /* Shift the lookahead token. */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ if (yychar != YYEOF)
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+/* Do the default action for the current state. */
+yydefault:
+
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
+yyreduce:
+ yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+ if (yylen > 0)
+ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+ yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
+ for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+ fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 178 "plural.y"
+{
+ if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 2:
+#line 186 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 3:
+#line 190 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 4:
+#line 194 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 5:
+#line 198 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 6:
+#line 202 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 7:
+#line 206 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 8:
+#line 210 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 9:
+#line 214 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 10:
+#line 218 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 11:
+#line 222 "plural.y"
+{
+ if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 12:
+#line 227 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+}
+ /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+\f
+ yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp++;
+ if (yylen == 0)
+ {
+ yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+ yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+ yylsp->text = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+ Determine what state that goes to,
+ based on the state we popped back to
+ and the rule number reduced by. */
+
+ yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+ yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+ if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+ yystate = yytable[yystate];
+ else
+ yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
+
+ if (! yyerrstatus)
+ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
+ {
+ ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+ if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+ {
+ int size = 0;
+ char *msg;
+ int x, count;
+
+ count = 0;
+ /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+ msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+ if (msg != 0)
+ {
+ strcpy(msg, "parse error");
+
+ if (count < 5)
+ {
+ count = 0;
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ {
+ strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+ strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+ strcat(msg, "'");
+ count++;
+ }
+ }
+ yyerror(msg);
+ free(msg);
+ }
+ else
+ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+ yyerror("parse error");
+ }
+
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
+ if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+ {
+ /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
+
+ /* return failure if at end of input */
+ if (yychar == YYEOF)
+ YYABORT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ }
+
+ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+ after shifting the error token. */
+
+ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+ goto yyerrhandle;
+
+yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
+#if 0
+ /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+ should shift them. */
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
+ if (yyn) goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+ if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
+ yyvsp--;
+ yystate = *--yyssp;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+yyerrhandle:
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn += YYTERROR;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+ yyacceptlab:
+ /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 0;
+
+ yyabortlab:
+ /* YYABORT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+#line 232 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
--- /dev/null
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+ precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+ There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+ Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+ token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
+%right '?' /* ? */
+%left '|' /* || */
+%left '&' /* && */
+%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
+%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
+%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
+%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
+%right '!' /* ! */
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start: exp
+ {
+ if ($1 == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+ }
+ ;
+
+exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+ }
+ | exp '|' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp '&' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp EQUOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp CMPOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp ADDOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp MULOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | '!' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+ }
+ | 'n'
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ | NUMBER
+ {
+ if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ $$->val.num = $1;
+ }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ {
+ $$ = $2;
+ }
+ ;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
+++ /dev/null
-# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-1 {
- i\
-/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
-\
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
-# include <config.h>\
-#endif\
-\
-#include "libgettext.h"\
-\
-const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
- h
- s/.*/0/
- x
-}
-#
-# Write msgid entries in C array form.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
- s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
- tb
-# Append the next line
- :b
- N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
- s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
-# Yes, then branch.
- ta
-# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
-# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
-# it.
- s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
- bc
-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
- :a
- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
- P
-# We cannot use D here.
- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
-# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
- tb
-# Not reached
- :c
- x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
- td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
- :d
- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
- td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
- s/_/0/g
- x
- G
- s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
- s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
- p
-}
-#
-# Last line.
-#
-$ {
- i\
-};\
-
- g
- s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
-}
-d
--- /dev/null
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ ta
+ :a
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+ tb
+ s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+ :b
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# include <config.h>
#endif
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
#endif
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
- char *old;
+ char *new_domain;
+ char *old_domain;
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
- old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
- _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+ {
+ _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+ new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+ /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+ environment variable changed. */
+ new_domain = old_domain;
else
{
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
are out of core. */
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- _nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname);
+ new_domain = strdup (domainname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (cp != NULL)
- memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
- _nl_current_default_domain = cp;
+ new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
#endif
+
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+ }
+
+ /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+ since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+ to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ {
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ free (old_domain);
}
- if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
- free (old);
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+ return new_domain;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
+++ /dev/null
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number. We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
- i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
- h
- s/.*/0/
- x
-}
-#
-# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
-#
-/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-# Does not work now
-# /"$/! {
-# s/\\$//
-# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-# }
- s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
- p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
- s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
- x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
- td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
- :d
- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
- td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
- s/_/0/g
- x
-# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
- G
- s/^[^\n]*$/& /
- s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
-# Clear flag from last substitution.
- tb
-# Append the next line.
- :b
- N
-# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
- s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
- ta
- P
- D
-# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
- :a
- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
- P
-# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
- tb
-}
-d
+2002-10-20 gettextize <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
+
+ * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.38.
+
2001-12-13 Peter Verthez <Peter.Verthez@advalvas.be>
* nl.po: Added
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
+# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
+subdir = po
+top_builddir = ..
+
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
+datadir = @datadir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
-subdir = po
-
-DESTDIR =
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = $(top_srcdir)/@MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
CC = @CC@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @XGETTEXT@
-MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+MSGMERGE = msgmerge
DEFS = @DEFS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-SOURCES = cat-id-tbl.c
POFILES = @POFILES@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
-stamp-cat-id $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
+$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES)
POTFILES = \
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
-CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
-INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg .cat
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.po.gmo:
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
- && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<
-
-.po.cat:
- sed -f ../intl/po2msg.sed < $< > $*.msg \
- && rm -f $@ && $(GENCAT) $@ $*.msg
+ && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $<
all: all-@USE_NLS@
-all-yes: cat-id-tbl.c $(CATALOGS)
+all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
-$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
+# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot',
+# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
+# have been downloaded.
+
+$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
|| ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot )
-$(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c: stamp-cat-id; @:
-$(srcdir)/stamp-cat-id: $(PACKAGE).pot
- rm -f cat-id-tbl.tmp
- sed -f ../intl/po2tbl.sed $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
- | sed -e "s/@PACKAGE NAME@/$(PACKAGE)/" > cat-id-tbl.tmp
- if cmp -s cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; then \
- rm cat-id-tbl.tmp; \
- else \
- echo cat-id-tbl.c changed; \
- rm -f $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \
- mv cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \
- fi
- cd $(srcdir) && rm -f stamp-cat-id && echo timestamp > stamp-cat-id
-
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
-install-data-no: all
-install-data-yes: all
- if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
- $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir); \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
else \
- $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(datadir); \
+ : ; \
fi
+install-data-no: all
+install-data-yes: all
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
- case "$$cat" in \
- *.gmo) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir);; \
- *) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir);; \
- esac; \
- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
- dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
- if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
- $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $$dir; \
- else \
- $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \
- fi; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
- echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$cat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
- "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
- fi; \
- if test -r $$cat.m; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
- echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
- else \
- if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \
- $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
- echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
- "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
- else \
- true; \
- fi; \
+ "$(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
fi; \
done
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
- $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- else \
- $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- fi; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
done
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
check: all
-cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
-
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
- rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po cat-id-tbl.tmp
+ rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.new.po
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
- rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.msg *.cat *.cat.m
+ rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
rm -f $(GMOFILES)
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir:
+ $(MAKE) update-po
+ @$(MAKE) dist2
+# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
+dist2: $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
- ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
- || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
- PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
cd $(srcdir); \
- catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ catalogs='$(GMOFILES)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
- mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
- if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
- rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
+ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \
+ mv -f $$lang.new.po $$lang.po; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
- rm -f $$lang.po; \
- mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
+ rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
fi; \
done
+ $(MAKE) update-gmo
-POTFILES: POTFILES.in
- ( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
- posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
- else \
- posrcprefix="../"; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $@-t $@ \
- && (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
- -e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \
- | sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \
- && chmod a-w $@-t \
- && mv $@-t $@ )
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
- cd .. \
+update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
+ @:
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
projects / gedcom-parse.git / commitdiff